1998-09-10 18:25:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\section{Built-in Types \label{types}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The following sections describe the standard types that are built into
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-17 14:06:07 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the interpreter.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\note{Historically (until release 2.2), Python's built-in types have
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								differed from user-defined types because it was not possible to use
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the built-in types as the basis for object-oriented inheritance.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This limitation does not exist any longer.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The principal built-in types are numerics, sequences, mappings, files
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								classes, instances and exceptions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{built-in}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Some operations are supported by several object types; in particular,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-31 06:32:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								practically all objects can be compared, tested for truth value,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and converted to a string (with the \code{`\textrm{\ldots}`} notation,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the equivalent \function{repr()} function, or the slightly different
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{str()} function).  The latter
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								function is implicitly used when an object is written by the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-11-30 21:51:25 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\keyword{print}\stindex{print} statement.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-27 00:20:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(Information on the \ulink{\keyword{print} statement}{../ref/print.html}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-04-30 16:44:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and other language statements can be found in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual} and the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\citetitle[../tut/tut.html]{Python Tutorial}.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-04-30 16:44:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Truth Value Testing\label{truth}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-11-30 21:51:25 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Any object can be tested for truth value, for use in an \keyword{if} or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\keyword{while} condition or as operand of the Boolean operations below.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The following values are considered false:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\stindex{if}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\stindex{while}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{truth}{value}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{Boolean}{operations}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{false}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{itemize}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item	\code{None}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-07 15:40:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        \withsubitem{(Built-in object)}{\ttindex{None}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item	\code{False}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-07 15:40:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        \withsubitem{(Built-in object)}{\ttindex{False}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item	zero of any numeric type, for example, \code{0}, \code{0L},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        \code{0.0}, \code{0j}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item	any empty sequence, for example, \code{''}, \code{()}, \code{[]}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item	any empty mapping, for example, \code{\{\}}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item	instances of user-defined classes, if the class defines a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-07 15:40:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        \method{__nonzero__()} or \method{__len__()} method, when that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        method returns the integer zero or \class{bool} value
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        \code{False}.\footnote{Additional 
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-07-12 17:15:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information on these special methods may be found in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual}.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{itemize}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								All other values are considered true --- so objects of many types are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								always true.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{true}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Operations and built-in functions that have a Boolean result always
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								return \code{0} or \code{False} for false and \code{1} or \code{True}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								for true, unless otherwise stated.  (Important exception: the Boolean
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operations \samp{or}\opindex{or} and \samp{and}\opindex{and} always
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								return one of their operands.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{False}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{True}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-14 08:45:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Boolean Operations ---
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \keyword{and}, \keyword{or}, \keyword{not}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \label{boolean}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								These are the Boolean operations, ordered by ascending priority:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{Boolean}{operations}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Result}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} or \var{y}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {if \var{x} is false, then \var{y}, else \var{x}}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} and \var{y}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {if \var{x} is false, then \var{x}, else \var{y}}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{not \var{x}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {if \var{x} is false, then \code{True}, else \code{False}}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{and}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{or}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{not}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								These only evaluate their second argument if needed for their outcome.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(2)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{not} has a lower priority than non-Boolean operators, so
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{not \var{a} == \var{b}} is interpreted as \code{not (\var{a} ==
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{b})}, and \code{\var{a} == not \var{b}} is a syntax error.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-09-10 18:25:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Comparisons \label{comparisons}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Comparison operations are supported by all objects.  They all have the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								same priority (which is higher than that of the Boolean operations).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Comparisons can be chained arbitrarily; for example, \code{\var{x} <
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{y} <= \var{z}} is equivalent to \code{\var{x} < \var{y} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{y} <= \var{z}}, except that \var{y} is evaluated only once (but
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								in both cases \var{z} is not evaluated at all when \code{\var{x} <
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{y}} is found to be false).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{chaining}{comparisons}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This table summarizes the comparison operations:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Meaning}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{<}{strictly less than}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{<=}{less than or equal}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{>}{strictly greater than}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{>=}{greater than or equal}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{==}{equal}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{!=}{not equal}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-18 03:12:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{<>}{not equal}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{is}{object identity}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{is not}{negated object identity}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{operator}{comparison}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{==} % XXX *All* others have funny characters < ! >
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{is}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{is not}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{<>} and \code{!=} are alternate spellings for the same operator.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{!=} is the preferred spelling; \code{<>} is obsolescent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-05-31 08:05:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Objects of different types, except different numeric types and different string types, never
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								compare equal; such objects are ordered consistently but arbitrarily
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(so that sorting a heterogeneous array yields a consistent result).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Furthermore, some types (for example, file objects) support only a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								degenerate notion of comparison where any two objects of that type are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								unequal.  Again, such objects are ordered arbitrarily but
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								consistently. The \code{<}, \code{<=}, \code{>} and \code{>=}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operators will raise a \exception{TypeError} exception when any operand
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is a complex number. 
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{object}{numeric}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{objects}{comparing}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Instances of a class normally compare as non-equal unless the class
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\withsubitem{(instance method)}{\ttindex{__cmp__()}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-09 03:30:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								defines the \method{__cmp__()} method.  Refer to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\citetitle[../ref/customization.html]{Python Reference Manual} for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information on the use of this method to effect object comparisons.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\strong{Implementation note:} Objects of different types except
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								numbers are ordered by their type names; objects of the same types
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that don't support proper comparison are ordered by their address.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Two more operations with the same syntactic priority,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{in}\opindex{in} and \samp{not in}\opindex{not in}, are supported
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								only by sequence types (below).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-14 08:45:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Numeric Types ---
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \class{int}, \class{float}, \class{long}, \class{complex}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \label{typesnumeric}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								There are four distinct numeric types: \dfn{plain integers},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\dfn{long integers}, 
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\dfn{floating point numbers}, and \dfn{complex numbers}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								In addition, Booleans are a subtype of plain integers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Plain integers (also just called \dfn{integers})
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								are implemented using \ctype{long} in C, which gives them at least 32
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-28 18:02:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bits of precision (\code{sys.maxint} is always set to the maximum
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								plain integer value for the current platform, the minimum value is 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{-sys.maxint - 1}).  Long integers have unlimited precision.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Floating point numbers are implemented using \ctype{double} in C.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								All bets on their precision are off unless you happen to know the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								machine you are working with.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-04 04:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{numeric}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{Boolean}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-04 04:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{integer}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{long integer}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{floating point}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{complex number}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{C}{language}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Complex numbers have a real and imaginary part, which are each
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implemented using \ctype{double} in C.  To extract these parts from
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a complex number \var{z}, use \code{\var{z}.real} and \code{\var{z}.imag}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Numbers are created by numeric literals or as the result of built-in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								functions and operators.  Unadorned integer literals (including hex
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and octal numbers) yield plain integers unless the value they denote
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is too large to be represented as a plain integer, in which case
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								they yield a long integer.  Integer literals with an
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\character{L} or \character{l} suffix yield long integers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(\character{L} is preferred because \samp{1l} looks too much like
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								eleven!).  Numeric literals containing a decimal point or an exponent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								sign yield floating point numbers.  Appending \character{j} or
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\character{J} to a numeric literal yields a complex number with a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								zero real part. A complex numeric literal is the sum of a real and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								an imaginary part.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{numeric}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{integer}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{long}{integer}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{floating point}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{complex number}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{hexadecimal}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{octal}{literals}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python fully supports mixed arithmetic: when a binary arithmetic
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operator has operands of different numeric types, the operand with the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								``narrower'' type is widened to that of the other, where plain
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								integer is narrower than long integer is narrower than floating point is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								narrower than complex.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-04-05 21:59:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Comparisons between numbers of mixed type use the same rule.\footnote{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									As a consequence, the list \code{[1, 2]} is considered equal
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        to \code{[1.0, 2.0]}, and similarly for tuples.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								} The constructors \function{int()}, \function{long()}, \function{float()},
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-11-30 21:51:25 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and \function{complex()} can be used
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								to produce numbers of a specific type.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{arithmetic}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{int}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{long}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{float}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{complex}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								All numeric types (except complex) support the following operations,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								sorted by ascending priority (operations in the same box have the same
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								priority; all numeric operations have a higher priority than
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								comparison operations):
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Result}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} + \var{y}}{sum of \var{x} and \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} - \var{y}}{difference of \var{x} and \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} * \var{y}}{product of \var{x} and \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} / \var{y}}{quotient of \var{x} and \var{y}}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-25 21:25:30 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} // \var{y}}{(floored) quotient of \var{x} and \var{y}}{(5)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} \%{} \var{y}}{remainder of \code{\var{x} / \var{y}}}{(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{-\var{x}}{\var{x} negated}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{+\var{x}}{\var{x} unchanged}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{abs(\var{x})}{absolute value or magnitude of \var{x}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{int(\var{x})}{\var{x} converted to integer}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{long(\var{x})}{\var{x} converted to long integer}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{float(\var{x})}{\var{x} converted to floating point}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{complex(\var{re},\var{im})}{a complex number with real part \var{re}, imaginary part \var{im}.  \var{im} defaults to zero.}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 18:27:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{c}.conjugate()}{conjugate of the complex number \var{c}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-05-31 11:04:00 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{divmod(\var{x}, \var{y})}{the pair \code{(\var{x} // \var{y}, \var{x} \%{} \var{y})}}{(3)(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{pow(\var{x}, \var{y})}{\var{x} to the power \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} ** \var{y}}{\var{x} to the power \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{numeric}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 18:27:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\withsubitem{(complex number method)}{\ttindex{conjugate()}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For (plain or long) integer division, the result is an integer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The result is always rounded towards minus infinity: 1/2 is 0,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(-1)/2 is -1, 1/(-2) is -1, and (-1)/(-2) is 0.  Note that the result
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is a long integer if either operand is a long integer, regardless of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the numeric value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{integer}{division}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{long}{integer}{division}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(2)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Conversion from floating point to (long or plain) integer may round or
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								truncate as in C; see functions \function{floor()} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{ceil()} in the \refmodule{math}\refbimodindex{math} module
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								for well-defined conversions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\withsubitem{(in module math)}{\ttindex{floor()}\ttindex{ceil()}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{numeric}{conversions}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{C}{language}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(3)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								See section \ref{built-in-funcs}, ``Built-in Functions,'' for a full
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								description.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(4)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Complex floor division operator, modulo operator, and \function{divmod()}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\deprecated{2.3}{Instead convert to float using \function{abs()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								if appropriate.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-25 21:25:30 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(5)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Also referred to as integer division.  The resultant value is a whole integer,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								though the result's type is not necessarily int.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								% XXXJH exceptions: overflow (when? what operations?) zerodivision
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-19 15:30:25 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Bit-string Operations on Integer Types \label{bitstring-ops}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\nodename{Bit-string Operations}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Plain and long integer types support additional operations that make
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								sense only for bit-strings.  Negative numbers are treated as their 2's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								complement value (for long integers, this assumes a sufficiently large
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								number of bits that no overflow occurs during the operation).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The priorities of the binary bit-wise operations are all lower than
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the numeric operations and higher than the comparisons; the unary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operation \samp{\~} has the same priority as the other unary numeric
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operations (\samp{+} and \samp{-}).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This table lists the bit-string operations sorted in ascending
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								priority (operations in the same box have the same priority):
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Result}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} | \var{y}}{bitwise \dfn{or} of \var{x} and \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} \^{} \var{y}}{bitwise \dfn{exclusive or} of \var{x} and \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} \&{} \var{y}}{bitwise \dfn{and} of \var{x} and \var{y}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-11-11 06:14:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  % The empty groups below prevent conversion to guillemets.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} <{}< \var{n}}{\var{x} shifted left by \var{n} bits}{(1), (2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} >{}> \var{n}}{\var{x} shifted right by \var{n} bits}{(1), (3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\~\var{x}}{the bits of \var{x} inverted}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{integer}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{bit-string}{operations}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{shifting}{operations}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{masking}{operations}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)] Negative shift counts are illegal and cause a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\exception{ValueError} to be raised.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(2)] A left shift by \var{n} bits is equivalent to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								multiplication by \code{pow(2, \var{n})} without overflow check.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(3)] A right shift by \var{n} bits is equivalent to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								division by \code{pow(2, \var{n})} without overflow check.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-02 20:18:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Iterator Types \label{typeiter}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-03 04:39:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-02 20:18:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{iterator protocol}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{protocol!iterator}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{sequence!iteration}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{container!iteration over}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python supports a concept of iteration over containers.  This is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implemented using two distinct methods; these are used to allow
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								user-defined classes to support iteration.  Sequences, described below
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								in more detail, always support the iteration methods.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								One method needs to be defined for container objects to provide
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								iteration support:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[container]{__iter__}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-26 21:01:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Return an iterator object.  The object is required to support the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-02 20:18:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  iterator protocol described below.  If a container supports
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  different types of iteration, additional methods can be provided to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  specifically request iterators for those iteration types.  (An
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  example of an object supporting multiple forms of iteration would be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  a tree structure which supports both breadth-first and depth-first
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  traversal.)  This method corresponds to the \member{tp_iter} slot of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the type structure for Python objects in the Python/C API.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The iterator objects themselves are required to support the following
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								two methods, which together form the \dfn{iterator protocol}:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[iterator]{__iter__}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Return the iterator object itself.  This is required to allow both
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  containers and iterators to be used with the \keyword{for} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \keyword{in} statements.  This method corresponds to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \member{tp_iter} slot of the type structure for Python objects in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the Python/C API.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-03 04:39:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[iterator]{next}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-02 20:18:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Return the next item from the container.  If there are no further
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  items, raise the \exception{StopIteration} exception.  This method
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  corresponds to the \member{tp_iternext} slot of the type structure
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  for Python objects in the Python/C API.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python defines several iterator objects to support iteration over
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								general and specific sequence types, dictionaries, and other more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								specialized forms.  The specific types are not important beyond their
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implementation of the iterator protocol.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-07-16 19:53:39 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The intention of the protocol is that once an iterator's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{next()} method raises \exception{StopIteration}, it will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								continue to do so on subsequent calls.  Implementations that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								do not obey this property are deemed broken.  (This constraint
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								was added in Python 2.3; in Python 2.2, various iterators are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								broken according to this rule.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-06-25 19:03:22 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python's generators provide a convenient way to implement the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								iterator protocol.  If a container object's \method{__iter__()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								method is implemented as a generator, it will automatically
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								return an iterator object (technically, a generator object)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								supplying the \method{__iter__()} and \method{next()} methods.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-02 20:18:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-14 08:45:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Sequence Types ---
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \class{str}, \class{unicode}, \class{list},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \class{tuple}, \class{buffer}, \class{xrange}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \label{typesseq}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-14 15:37:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								There are six sequence types: strings, Unicode strings, lists,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-18 03:12:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								tuples, buffers, and xrange objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								String literals are written in single or double quotes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'xyzzy'}, \code{"frobozz"}.  See chapter 2 of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\citetitle[../ref/strings.html]{Python Reference Manual} for more about
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								string literals.  Unicode strings are much like strings, but are
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-01 00:28:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								specified in the syntax using a preceding \character{u} character:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{u'abc'}, \code{u"def"}.  Lists are constructed with square brackets,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-11-10 16:21:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								separating items with commas: \code{[a, b, c]}.  Tuples are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								constructed by the comma operator (not within square brackets), with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								or without enclosing parentheses, but an empty tuple must have the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-09-08 18:52:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								enclosing parentheses, such as \code{a, b, c} or \code{()}.  A single
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								item tuple must have a trailing comma, such as \code{(d,)}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-04 04:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{sequence}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{string}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{Unicode}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{tuple}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{list}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-05 15:27:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Buffer objects are not directly supported by Python syntax, but can be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								created by calling the builtin function
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-09-24 15:32:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{buffer()}.\bifuncindex{buffer}  They don't support
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								concatenation or repetition.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-05 15:27:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{buffer}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Xrange objects are similar to buffers in that there is no specific
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								syntax to create them, but they are created using the \function{xrange()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								function.\bifuncindex{xrange}  They don't support slicing,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								concatenation or repetition, and using \code{in}, \code{not in},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{min()} or \function{max()} on them is inefficient.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-04 04:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{xrange}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-05 15:27:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Most sequence types support the following operations.  The \samp{in} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{not in} operations have the same priorities as the comparison
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operations.  The \samp{+} and \samp{*} operations have the same
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								priority as the corresponding numeric operations.\footnote{They must
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								have since the parser can't tell the type of the operands.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This table lists the sequence operations sorted in ascending priority
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(operations in the same box have the same priority).  In the table,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{s} and \var{t} are sequences of the same type; \var{n}, \var{i}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and \var{j} are integers:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Result}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-10-08 01:52:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} in \var{s}}{\code{True} if an item of \var{s} is equal to \var{x}, else \code{False}}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} not in \var{s}}{\code{False} if an item of \var{s} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								equal to \var{x}, else \code{True}}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:43:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s} + \var{t}}{the concatenation of \var{s} and \var{t}}{(6)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 16:58:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s} * \var{n}\textrm{,} \var{n} * \var{s}}{\var{n} shallow copies of \var{s} concatenated}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 16:58:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}[\var{i}]}{\var{i}'th item of \var{s}, origin 0}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}]}{slice of \var{s} from \var{i} to \var{j}}{(3), (4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}:\var{k}]}{slice of \var{s} from \var{i} to \var{j} with step \var{k}}{(3), (5)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{len(\var{s})}{length of \var{s}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{min(\var{s})}{smallest item of \var{s}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{max(\var{s})}{largest item of \var{s}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{sequence}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{len}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{min}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{max}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{concatenation}{operation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{repetition}{operation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{subscript}{operation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{slice}{operation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{extended slice}{operation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{in}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\opindex{not in}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 16:58:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)] When \var{s} is a string or Unicode string object the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{in} and \code{not in} operations act like a substring test.  In
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python versions before 2.3, \var{x} had to be a string of length 1.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								In Python 2.3 and beyond, \var{x} may be a string of any length.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(2)] Values of \var{n} less than \code{0} are treated as
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \code{0} (which yields an empty sequence of the same type as
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-08-28 14:56:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{s}).  Note also that the copies are shallow; nested structures
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  are not copied.  This often haunts new Python programmers; consider:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists = [[]] * 3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								[[], [], []]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists[0].append(3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								[[3], [3], [3]]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-11-04 11:29:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  What has happened is that \code{[[]]} is a one-element list containing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  an empty list, so all three elements of \code{[[]] * 3} are (pointers to)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  this single empty list.  Modifying any of the elements of \code{lists}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  modifies this single list.  You can create a list of different lists this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  way:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-08-28 14:56:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists = [[] for i in range(3)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists[0].append(3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists[1].append(5)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists[2].append(7)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> lists
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								[[3], [5], [7]]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 16:58:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(3)] If \var{i} or \var{j} is negative, the index is relative to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-06 20:30:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the end of the string: \code{len(\var{s}) + \var{i}} or
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \code{len(\var{s}) + \var{j}} is substituted.  But note that \code{-0} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  still \code{0}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 16:58:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(4)] The slice of \var{s} from \var{i} to \var{j} is defined as
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the sequence of items with index \var{k} such that \code{\var{i} <=
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{k} < \var{j}}.  If \var{i} or \var{j} is greater than
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-19 00:12:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \code{len(\var{s})}, use \code{len(\var{s})}.  If \var{i} is omitted
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  or \code{None}, use \code{0}.  If \var{j} is omitted or \code{None},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  use \code{len(\var{s})}.  If \var{i} is greater than or equal to \var{j},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the slice is empty.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(5)] The slice of \var{s} from \var{i} to \var{j} with step
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{k} is defined as the sequence of items with index 
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-11-04 11:29:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \code{\var{x} = \var{i} + \var{n}*\var{k}} such that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  $0 \leq n < \frac{j-i}{k}$.  In other words, the indices
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  are \code{i}, \code{i+k}, \code{i+2*k}, \code{i+3*k} and so on, stopping when
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{j} is reached (but never including \var{j}).  If \var{i} or \var{j}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  is greater than \code{len(\var{s})}, use \code{len(\var{s})}.  If
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-19 00:12:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{i} or \var{j} are omitted or \code{None}, they become ``end'' values
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-08-30 23:31:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  (which end depends on the sign of \var{k}).  Note, \var{k} cannot
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-19 00:12:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  be zero. If \var{k} is \code{None}, it is treated like \code{1}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:43:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(6)] If \var{s} and \var{t} are both strings, some Python
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:55:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implementations such as CPython can usually perform an in-place optimization
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:43:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								for assignments of the form \code{\var{s}=\var{s}+\var{t}} or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{s}+=\var{t}}.  When applicable, this optimization makes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								quadratic run-time much less likely.  This optimization is both version
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and implementation dependent.  For performance sensitive code, it is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-01 00:28:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								preferable to use the \method{str.join()} method which assures consistent
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:43:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								linear concatenation performance across versions and implementations.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:55:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Formerly, string concatenation never occurred in-place]{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-06 18:43:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{String Methods \label{string-methods}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								These are the string methods which both 8-bit strings and Unicode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								objects support:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{capitalize}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string with only its first character capitalized.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 08:21:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{center}{width\optional{, fillchar}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return centered in a string of length \var{width}. Padding is done
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 08:21:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using the specified \var{fillchar} (default is a space).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 14:54:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for the \var{fillchar} argument]{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{count}{sub\optional{, start\optional{, end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return the number of occurrences of substring \var{sub} in string
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								S\code{[\var{start}:\var{end}]}.  Optional arguments \var{start} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{end} are interpreted as in slice notation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-10 16:43:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{decode}{\optional{encoding\optional{, errors}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Decodes the string using the codec registered for \var{encoding}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{encoding} defaults to the default string encoding.  \var{errors}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								may be given to set a different error handling scheme.  The default is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'strict'}, meaning that encoding errors raise
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-01 19:58:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\exception{UnicodeError}.  Other possible values are \code{'ignore'},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'replace'} and any other name registered via
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-11-25 17:17:12 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{codecs.register_error}, see section~\ref{codec-base-classes}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-10 16:43:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-01 19:58:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for other error handling schemes added]{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-10 16:43:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{encode}{\optional{encoding\optional{,errors}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return an encoded version of the string.  Default encoding is the current
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								default string encoding.  \var{errors} may be given to set a different
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								error handling scheme.  The default for \var{errors} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'strict'}, meaning that encoding errors raise a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-01 19:58:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\exception{UnicodeError}.  Other possible values are \code{'ignore'},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'replace'}, \code{'xmlcharrefreplace'}, \code{'backslashreplace'}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-11-25 17:17:12 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and any other name registered via \function{codecs.register_error},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								see section~\ref{codec-base-classes}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-01 19:58:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For a list of possible encodings, see section~\ref{standard-encodings}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-25 21:03:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.0}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-01 19:58:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for \code{'xmlcharrefreplace'} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'backslashreplace'} and other error handling schemes added]{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{endswith}{suffix\optional{, start\optional{, end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return \code{True} if the string ends with the specified \var{suffix},
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-06-09 18:45:48 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								otherwise return \code{False}.  \var{suffix} can also be a tuple of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								suffixes to look for.  With optional \var{start}, test beginning at
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that position.  With optional \var{end}, stop comparing at that position.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-06-09 18:45:48 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Accept tuples as \var{suffix}]{2.5}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{expandtabs}{\optional{tabsize}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string where all tab characters are expanded
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								using spaces.  If \var{tabsize} is not given, a tab size of \code{8}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								characters is assumed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{find}{sub\optional{, start\optional{, end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return the lowest index in the string where substring \var{sub} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								found, such that \var{sub} is contained in the range [\var{start},
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-01-20 09:14:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{end}].  Optional arguments \var{start} and \var{end} are
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								interpreted as in slice notation.  Return \code{-1} if \var{sub} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								not found.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{index}{sub\optional{, start\optional{, end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Like \method{find()}, but raise \exception{ValueError} when the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								substring is not found.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{isalnum}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if all characters in the string are alphanumeric and there
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is at least one character, false otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{isalpha}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if all characters in the string are alphabetic and there
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is at least one character, false otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{isdigit}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-18 09:55:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if all characters in the string are digits and there
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is at least one character, false otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{islower}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if all cased characters in the string are lowercase and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								there is at least one cased character, false otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{isspace}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if there are only whitespace characters in the string and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-18 09:55:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								there is at least one character, false otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{istitle}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-18 09:55:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if the string is a titlecased string and there is at least one
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-29 06:54:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								character, for example uppercase characters may only follow uncased
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-18 09:55:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								characters and lowercase characters only cased ones.  Return false
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{isupper}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return true if all cased characters in the string are uppercase and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								there is at least one cased character, false otherwise.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{join}{seq}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a string which is the concatenation of the strings in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								sequence \var{seq}.  The separator between elements is the string
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								providing this method.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 08:21:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{ljust}{width\optional{, fillchar}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return the string left justified in a string of length \var{width}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 08:21:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Padding is done using the specified \var{fillchar} (default is a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								space).  The original string is returned if
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{width} is less than \code{len(\var{s})}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 14:54:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for the \var{fillchar} argument]{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{lower}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string converted to lowercase.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-13 02:43:39 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{lstrip}{\optional{chars}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-05-31 10:26:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string with leading characters removed.  The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{chars} argument is a string specifying the set of characters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								to be removed.  If omitted or \code{None}, the \var{chars} argument
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								defaults to removing whitespace.  The \var{chars} argument is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a prefix; rather, all combinations of its values are stripped:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    >>> '   spacious   '.lstrip()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    'spacious   '
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    >>> 'www.example.com'.lstrip('cmowz.')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    'example.com'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-16 00:41:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for the \var{chars} argument]{2.2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-26 08:54:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{partition}{sep}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-26 12:01:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Split the string at the first occurrence of \var{sep}, and return
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-26 09:05:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a 3-tuple containing the part before the separator, the separator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								itself, and the part after the separator.  If the separator is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								found, return a 3-tuple containing the string itself, followed by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								two empty strings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-26 08:54:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.5}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-22 02:56:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{replace}{old, new\optional{, count}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string with all occurrences of substring
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{old} replaced by \var{new}.  If the optional argument
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-22 02:56:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{count} is given, only the first \var{count} occurrences are
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								replaced.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{rfind}{sub \optional{,start \optional{,end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return the highest index in the string where substring \var{sub} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								found, such that \var{sub} is contained within s[start,end].  Optional
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								arguments \var{start} and \var{end} are interpreted as in slice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								notation.  Return \code{-1} on failure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{rindex}{sub\optional{, start\optional{, end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Like \method{rfind()} but raises \exception{ValueError} when the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								substring \var{sub} is not found.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 08:21:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{rjust}{width\optional{, fillchar}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return the string right justified in a string of length \var{width}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 08:21:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Padding is done using the specified \var{fillchar} (default is a space).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The original string is returned if
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{width} is less than \code{len(\var{s})}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-26 14:54:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for the \var{fillchar} argument]{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-26 18:24:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{rpartition}{sep}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Split the string at the last occurrence of \var{sep}, and return
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a 3-tuple containing the part before the separator, the separator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								itself, and the part after the separator.  If the separator is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								found, return a 3-tuple containing the string itself, followed by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								two empty strings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.5}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-17 02:49:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{rsplit}{\optional{sep \optional{,maxsplit}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a list of the words in the string, using \var{sep} as the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								delimiter string.  If \var{maxsplit} is given, at most \var{maxsplit}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								splits are done, the \emph{rightmost} ones.  If \var{sep} is not specified
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-25 10:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								or \code{None}, any whitespace string is a separator.  Except for splitting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								from the right, \method{rsplit()} behaves like \method{split()} which
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is described in detail below.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-15 18:49:53 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-13 02:43:39 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{rstrip}{\optional{chars}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-05-31 10:26:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string with trailing characters removed.  The
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{chars} argument is a string specifying the set of characters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								to be removed.  If omitted or \code{None}, the \var{chars} argument
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								defaults to removing whitespace.  The \var{chars} argument is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a suffix; rather, all combinations of its values are stripped:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    >>> '   spacious   '.rstrip()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    '   spacious'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    >>> 'mississippi'.rstrip('ipz')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    'mississ'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-16 00:41:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for the \var{chars} argument]{2.2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{split}{\optional{sep \optional{,maxsplit}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a list of the words in the string, using \var{sep} as the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								delimiter string.  If \var{maxsplit} is given, at most \var{maxsplit}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-06 00:12:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								splits are done. (thus, the list will have at most \code{\var{maxsplit}+1}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-26 22:40:08 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								elements).  If \var{maxsplit} is not specified, then there
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-06 00:12:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is no limit on the number of splits (all possible splits are made).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Consecutive delimiters are not grouped together and are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								deemed to delimit empty strings (for example, \samp{'1,,2'.split(',')}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-06 00:42:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								returns \samp{['1', '', '2']}).  The \var{sep} argument may consist of
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-06 00:12:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								multiple characters (for example, \samp{'1, 2, 3'.split(', ')} returns
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-06 00:42:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{['1', '2', '3']}).  Splitting an empty string with a specified
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-19 04:29:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								separator returns \samp{['']}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-06 00:12:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								If \var{sep} is not specified or is \code{None}, a different splitting
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-25 10:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								algorithm is applied.  First, whitespace characters (spaces, tabs,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								newlines, returns, and formfeeds) are stripped from both ends.  Then,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								words are separated by arbitrary length strings of whitespace
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								characters. Consecutive whitespace delimiters are treated as a single
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								delimiter (\samp{'1  2  3'.split()} returns \samp{['1', '2', '3']}).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Splitting an empty string or a string consisting of just whitespace
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-19 04:29:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								returns an empty list.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{splitlines}{\optional{keepends}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a list of the lines in the string, breaking at line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								boundaries.  Line breaks are not included in the resulting list unless
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{keepends} is given and true.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-13 02:43:39 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{startswith}{prefix\optional{,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                                       start\optional{, end}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return \code{True} if string starts with the \var{prefix}, otherwise
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-06-09 18:45:48 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								return \code{False}.  \var{prefix} can also be a tuple of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								suffixes to look for.  With optional \var{start}, test string beginning at
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that position.  With optional \var{end}, stop comparing string at that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								position.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-06-09 18:45:48 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Accept tuples as \var{prefix}]{2.5}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-13 02:43:39 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{strip}{\optional{chars}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-05-31 10:26:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string with the leading and trailing characters
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								removed.  The \var{chars} argument is a string specifying the set of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								characters to be removed.  If omitted or \code{None}, the \var{chars}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								argument defaults to removing whitespace.  The \var{chars} argument is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a prefix or suffix; rather, all combinations of its values are stripped:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    >>> '   spacious   '.strip()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    'spacious'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    >>> 'www.example.com'.strip('cmowz.')
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    'example'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-16 00:41:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Support for the \var{chars} argument]{2.2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{swapcase}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string with uppercase characters converted to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lowercase and vice versa.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{title}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-06 20:30:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a titlecased version of the string: words start with uppercase
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								characters, all remaining cased characters are lowercase.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{translate}{table\optional{, deletechars}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string where all characters occurring in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								optional argument \var{deletechars} are removed, and the remaining
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								characters have been mapped through the given translation table, which
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								must be a string of length 256.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-07-16 05:11:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For Unicode objects, the \method{translate()} method does not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								accept the optional \var{deletechars} argument.  Instead, it
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								returns a copy of the \var{s} where all characters have been mapped
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								through the given translation table which must be a mapping of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Unicode ordinals to Unicode ordinals, Unicode strings or \code{None}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Unmapped characters are left untouched. Characters mapped to \code{None}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								are deleted.  Note, a more flexible approach is to create a custom
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								character mapping codec using the \refmodule{codecs} module (see
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\module{encodings.cp1251} for an example).      
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{upper}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return a copy of the string converted to uppercase.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-06-03 09:47:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For 8-bit strings, this method is locale-dependent.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-15 13:36:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[string]{zfill}{width}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Return the numeric string left filled with zeros in a string
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								of length \var{width}. The original string is returned if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{width} is less than \code{len(\var{s})}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-16 00:44:00 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-15 13:36:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{String Formatting Operations \label{typesseq-strings}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-03 22:15:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{formatting, string (\%{})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-26 20:06:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{interpolation, string (\%{})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-14 17:57:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{string!formatting}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-26 20:06:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{string!interpolation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-14 17:57:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{printf-style formatting}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{sprintf-style formatting}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-03 22:15:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{\protect\%{} formatting}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-26 20:06:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{\protect\%{} interpolation}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-14 17:57:42 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								String and Unicode objects have one unique built-in operation: the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-26 20:06:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\%} operator (modulo).  This is also known as the string
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\emph{formatting} or \emph{interpolation} operator.  Given
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{format} \% \var{values}} (where \var{format} is a string or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Unicode object), \code{\%} conversion specifications in \var{format}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								are replaced with zero or more elements of \var{values}.  The effect
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is similar to the using \cfunction{sprintf()} in the C language.  If
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{format} is a Unicode object, or if any of the objects being
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								converted using the \code{\%s} conversion are Unicode objects, the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								result will also be a Unicode object.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								If \var{format} requires a single argument, \var{values} may be a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								single non-tuple object.\footnote{To format only a tuple you
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								should therefore provide a singleton tuple whose only element
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is the tuple to be formatted.}  Otherwise, \var{values} must be a tuple with
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								exactly the number of items specified by the format string, or a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								single mapping object (for example, a dictionary).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A conversion specifier contains two or more characters and has the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								following components, which must occur in this order:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{enumerate}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  The \character{\%} character, which marks the start of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         specifier.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  Mapping key (optional), consisting of a parenthesised sequence
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         of characters (for example, \code{(somename)}).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  Conversion flags (optional), which affect the result of some
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         conversion types.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  Minimum field width (optional).  If specified as an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         \character{*} (asterisk), the actual width is read from the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         next element of the tuple in \var{values}, and the object to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         convert comes after the minimum field width and optional
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         precision.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  Precision (optional), given as a \character{.} (dot) followed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         by the precision.  If specified as \character{*} (an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         asterisk), the actual width is read from the next element of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         the tuple in \var{values}, and the value to convert comes after
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         the precision.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  Length modifier (optional).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item  Conversion type.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{enumerate}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								When the right argument is a dictionary (or other mapping type), then
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the formats in the string \emph{must} include a parenthesised mapping key into
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that dictionary inserted immediately after the \character{\%}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								character. The mapping key selects the value to be formatted from the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								mapping.  For example:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								>>> print '%(language)s has %(#)03d quote types.' % \
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {'language': "Python", "#": 2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python has 002 quote types.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								In this case no \code{*} specifiers may occur in a format (since they
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								require a sequential parameter list).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The conversion flag characters are:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableii}{c|l}{character}{Flag}{Meaning}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineii{\#}{The value conversion will use the ``alternate form''
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              (where defined below).}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-02-17 18:57:06 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineii{0}{The conversion will be zero padded for numeric values.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineii{-}{The converted value is left adjusted (overrides
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             the \character{0} conversion if both are given).}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineii{{~}}{(a space) A blank should be left before a positive number
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             (or empty string) produced by a signed conversion.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineii{+}{A sign character (\character{+} or \character{-}) will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								             precede the conversion (overrides a "space" flag).}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-01-01 21:35:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A length modifier (\code{h}, \code{l}, or \code{L}) may be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								present, but is ignored as it is not necessary for Python.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The conversion types are:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{character}{Conversion}{Meaning}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{d}{Signed integer decimal.}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{i}{Signed integer decimal.}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{o}{Unsigned octal.}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{u}{Unsigned decimal.}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-01 00:28:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{x}{Unsigned hexadecimal (lowercase).}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{X}{Unsigned hexadecimal (uppercase).}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-18 07:20:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{e}{Floating point exponential format (lowercase).}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{E}{Floating point exponential format (uppercase).}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{f}{Floating point decimal format.}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{F}{Floating point decimal format.}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{g}{Floating point format. Uses exponential format
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              if exponent is greater than -4 or less than precision,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              decimal format otherwise.}{(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{G}{Floating point format. Uses exponential format
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              if exponent is greater than -4 or less than precision,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              decimal format otherwise.}{(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{c}{Single character (accepts integer or single character
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              string).}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{r}{String (converts any python object using
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-18 07:20:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              \function{repr()}).}{(5)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{s}{String (converts any python object using
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-18 07:20:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								              \function{str()}).}{(6)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\%}{No argument is converted, results in a \character{\%}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								               character in the result.}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item[(1)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The alternate form causes a leading zero (\character{0}) to be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    inserted between left-hand padding and the formatting of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    number if the leading character of the result is not already a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    zero.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item[(2)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The alternate form causes a leading \code{'0x'} or \code{'0X'}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    (depending on whether the \character{x} or \character{X} format
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    was used) to be inserted between left-hand padding and the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    formatting of the number if the leading character of the result is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    not already a zero.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item[(3)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-18 07:20:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The alternate form causes the result to always contain a decimal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    point, even if no digits follow it.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The precision determines the number of digits after the decimal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    point and defaults to 6.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item[(4)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-18 07:20:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The alternate form causes the result to always contain a decimal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    point, and trailing zeroes are not removed as they would
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    otherwise be.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The precision determines the number of significant digits before
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    and after the decimal point and defaults to 6.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item[(5)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The \code{\%r} conversion was added in Python 2.0.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The precision determines the maximal number of characters used.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \item[(6)]
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-01-13 04:29:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    If the object or format provided is a \class{unicode} string,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    the resulting string will also be \class{unicode}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-18 07:20:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    The precision determines the maximal number of characters used.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-10-25 16:55:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								% XXX Examples?
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-26 20:48:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Since Python strings have an explicit length, \code{\%s} conversions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								do not assume that \code{'\e0'} is the end of the string.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For safety reasons, floating point precisions are clipped to 50;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\%f} conversions for numbers whose absolute value is over 1e25
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								are replaced by \code{\%g} conversions.\footnote{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  These numbers are fairly arbitrary.  They are intended to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  avoid printing endless strings of meaningless digits without hampering
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  correct use and without having to know the exact precision of floating
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  point values on a particular machine.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}  All other errors raise exceptions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-03 18:33:13 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Additional string operations are defined in standard modules
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\refmodule{string}\refstmodindex{string}\ and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\refmodule{re}.\refstmodindex{re}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-14 15:37:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-18 03:12:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{XRange Type \label{typesseq-xrange}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-14 15:37:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The \class{xrange}\obindex{xrange} type is an immutable sequence which
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is commonly used for looping.  The advantage of the \class{xrange}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								type is that an \class{xrange} object will always take the same amount
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								of memory, no matter the size of the range it represents.  There are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								no consistent performance advantages.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-14 15:37:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-12-11 07:14:03 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								XRange objects have very little behavior: they only support indexing,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								iteration, and the \function{len()} function.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-14 15:37:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Mutable Sequence Types \label{typesseq-mutable}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								List objects support additional operations that allow in-place
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								modification of the object.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Other mutable sequence types (when added to the language) should
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								also support these operations.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Strings and tuples are immutable sequence types: such objects cannot
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								be modified once created.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The following operations are defined on mutable sequence types (where
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{x} is an arbitrary object):
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{mutable}{sequence}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-04 04:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{list}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Result}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}[\var{i}] = \var{x}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{item \var{i} of \var{s} is replaced by \var{x}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}] = \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  	{slice of \var{s} from \var{i} to \var{j} is replaced by \var{t}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{del \var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}]}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{same as \code{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}] = []}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}:\var{k}] = \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  	{the elements of \code{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}:\var{k}]} are replaced by those of \var{t}}{(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{del \var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}:\var{k}]}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{removes the elements of \code{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{j}:\var{k}]} from the list}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.append(\var{x})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{same as \code{\var{s}[len(\var{s}):len(\var{s})] = [\var{x}]}}{(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-10-09 16:39:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.extend(\var{x})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        {same as \code{\var{s}[len(\var{s}):len(\var{s})] = \var{x}}}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.count(\var{x})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {return number of \var{i}'s for which \code{\var{s}[\var{i}] == \var{x}}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-06-17 16:19:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.index(\var{x}\optional{, \var{i}\optional{, \var{j}}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {return smallest \var{k} such that \code{\var{s}[\var{k}] == \var{x}} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    \code{\var{i} <= \var{k} < \var{j}}}{(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.insert(\var{i}, \var{x})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-04-14 20:58:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{same as \code{\var{s}[\var{i}:\var{i}] = [\var{x}]}}{(5)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.pop(\optional{\var{i}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    {same as \code{\var{x} = \var{s}[\var{i}]; del \var{s}[\var{i}]; return \var{x}}}{(6)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.remove(\var{x})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{same as \code{del \var{s}[\var{s}.index(\var{x})]}}{(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.reverse()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{reverses the items of \var{s} in place}{(7)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.sort(\optional{\var{cmp}\optional{,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                        \var{key}\optional{, \var{reverse}}}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{sort the items of \var{s} in place}{(7), (8), (9), (10)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiv{operations on}{mutable}{sequence}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{sequence}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{list}{type}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{subscript}{assignment}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{slice}{assignment}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{extended slice}{assignment}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\stindex{del}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\withsubitem{(list method)}{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-08-09 17:05:12 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{append()}\ttindex{extend()}\ttindex{count()}\ttindex{index()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{insert()}\ttindex{pop()}\ttindex{remove()}\ttindex{reverse()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-11-25 17:09:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{sort()}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)] \var{t} must have the same length as the slice it is 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  replacing.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(2)] The C implementation of Python has historically accepted
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  multiple parameters and implicitly joined them into a tuple; this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  no longer works in Python 2.0.  Use of this misfeature has been
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  deprecated since Python 1.4.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-02-09 23:19:25 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(3)] \var{x} can be any iterable object.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(4)] Raises \exception{ValueError} when \var{x} is not found in
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-06-17 16:19:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{s}. When a negative index is passed as the second or third parameter
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  to the \method{index()} method, the list length is added, as for slice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  indices.  If it is still negative, it is truncated to zero, as for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  slice indices.  \versionchanged[Previously, \method{index()} didn't
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  have arguments for specifying start and stop positions]{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-08-09 17:05:12 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(5)] When a negative index is passed as the first parameter to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-04-14 20:58:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the \method{insert()} method, the list length is added, as for slice
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  indices.  If it is still negative, it is truncated to zero, as for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  slice indices.  \versionchanged[Previously, all negative indices
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  were truncated to zero]{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-26 18:57:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(6)] The \method{pop()} method is only supported by the list and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-07-31 23:42:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  array types.  The optional argument \var{i} defaults to \code{-1},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  so that by default the last item is removed and returned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(7)] The \method{sort()} and \method{reverse()} methods modify the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  list in place for economy of space when sorting or reversing a large
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-25 16:18:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  list.  To remind you that they operate by side effect, they don't return
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the sorted or reversed list.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-17 20:43:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(8)] The \method{sort()} method takes optional arguments for
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-09-10 12:59:54 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  controlling the comparisons.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-20 22:17:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-16 03:41:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{cmp} specifies a custom comparison function of two arguments
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     (list items) which should return a negative, zero or positive number
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     depending on whether the first argument is considered smaller than,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     equal to, or larger than the second argument:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     \samp{\var{cmp}=\keyword{lambda} \var{x},\var{y}:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     \function{cmp}(x.lower(), y.lower())}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{key} specifies a function of one argument that is used to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     extract a comparison key from each list element:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-12-02 08:31:41 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     \samp{\var{key}=\function{str.lower}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-20 22:17:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-16 03:41:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{reverse} is a boolean value.  If set to \code{True}, then the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     list elements are sorted as if each comparison were reversed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-20 22:17:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-16 03:41:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  In general, the \var{key} and \var{reverse} conversion processes are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  much faster than specifying an equivalent \var{cmp} function.  This is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  because \var{cmp} is called multiple times for each list element while
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-21 17:04:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{key} and \var{reverse} touch each element only once.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-20 22:17:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-16 03:41:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \versionchanged[Support for \code{None} as an equivalent to omitting
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \var{cmp} was added]{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-20 22:17:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-21 17:04:21 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \versionchanged[Support for \var{key} and \var{reverse} was added]{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-01 03:10:45 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(9)] Starting with Python 2.3, the \method{sort()} method is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-17 20:43:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  guaranteed to be stable.  A sort is stable if it guarantees not to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-16 03:41:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  change the relative order of elements that compare equal --- this is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  helpful for sorting in multiple passes (for example, sort by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  department, then by salary grade).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-12 22:08:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(10)] While a list is being sorted, the effect of attempting to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  mutate, or even inspect, the list is undefined.  The C
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  implementation of Python 2.3 and newer makes the list appear empty
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  for the duration, and raises \exception{ValueError} if it can detect
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  that the list has been mutated during a sort.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-06-14 08:45:43 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Set Types ---
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \class{set}, \class{frozenset}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    \label{types-set}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{set}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A \dfn{set} object is an unordered collection of immutable values.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Common uses include membership testing, removing duplicates from a sequence,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and computing mathematical operations such as intersection, union, difference,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and symmetric difference.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.4}     
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Like other collections, sets support \code{\var{x} in \var{set}},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{len(\var{set})}, and \code{for \var{x} in \var{set}}.  Being an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								unordered collection, sets do not record element position or order of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								insertion.  Accordingly, sets do not support indexing, slicing, or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								other sequence-like behavior.     
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								There are currently two builtin set types, \class{set} and \class{frozenset}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The \class{set} type is mutable --- the contents can be changed using methods
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								like \method{add()} and \method{remove()}.  Since it is mutable, it has no
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								hash value and cannot be used as either a dictionary key or as an element of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								another set.  The \class{frozenset} type is immutable and hashable --- its
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								contents cannot be altered after is created; however, it can be used as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a dictionary key or as an element of another set.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Instances of \class{set} and \class{frozenset} provide the following operations:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|c|l}{code}{Operation}{Equivalent}{Result}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{len(\var{s})}{}{cardinality of set \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} in \var{s}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {test \var{x} for membership in \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{x} not in \var{s}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {test \var{x} for non-membership in \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.issubset(\var{t})}{\code{\var{s} <= \var{t}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {test whether every element in \var{s} is in \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.issuperset(\var{t})}{\code{\var{s} >= \var{t}}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {test whether every element in \var{t} is in \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.union(\var{t})}{\var{s} | \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {new set with elements from both \var{s} and \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.intersection(\var{t})}{\var{s} \&\ \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {new set with elements common to \var{s} and \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.difference(\var{t})}{\var{s} - \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {new set with elements in \var{s} but not in \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.symmetric_difference(\var{t})}{\var{s} \^\ \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {new set with elements in either \var{s} or \var{t} but not both}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.copy()}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {new set with a shallow copy of \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Note, the non-operator versions of \method{union()}, \method{intersection()},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{difference()}, and \method{symmetric_difference()},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{issubset()}, and \method{issuperset()} methods will accept any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								iterable as an argument.  In contrast, their operator based counterparts
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								require their arguments to be sets.  This precludes error-prone constructions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								like \code{set('abc') \&\ 'cbs'} in favor of the more readable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{set('abc').intersection('cbs')}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Both \class{set} and \class{frozenset} support set to set comparisons.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Two sets are equal if and only if every element of each set is contained in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the other (each is a subset of the other).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A set is less than another set if and only if the first set is a proper
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								subset of the second set (is a subset, but is not equal).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A set is greater than another set if and only if the first set is a proper
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								superset of the second set (is a superset, but is not equal).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-01-01 00:28:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Instances of \class{set} are compared to instances of \class{frozenset} based
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-22 19:33:53 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								on their members.  For example, \samp{set('abc') == frozenset('abc')} returns
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{True}.     
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The subset and equality comparisons do not generalize to a complete
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								ordering function.  For example, any two disjoint sets are not equal and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								are not subsets of each other, so \emph{all} of the following return
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{False}:  \code{\var{a}<\var{b}}, \code{\var{a}==\var{b}}, or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{a}>\var{b}}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Accordingly, sets do not implement the \method{__cmp__} method.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Since sets only define partial ordering (subset relationships), the output
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								of the \method{list.sort()} method is undefined for lists of sets.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-04-10 17:32:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Set elements are like dictionary keys; they need to define both
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{__hash__} and \method{__eq__} methods.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-07-22 19:33:53 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Binary operations that mix \class{set} instances with \class{frozenset}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								return the type of the first operand.  For example:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{frozenset('ab') | set('bc')} returns an instance of \class{frozenset}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The following table lists operations available for \class{set}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that do not apply to immutable instances of \class{frozenset}:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|c|l}{code}{Operation}{Equivalent}{Result}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.update(\var{t})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {\var{s} |= \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-12-26 23:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {update set \var{s}, adding elements from \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.intersection_update(\var{t})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {\var{s} \&= \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-12-26 23:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {update set \var{s}, keeping only elements found in both \var{s} and \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.difference_update(\var{t})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {\var{s} -= \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-12-26 23:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {update set \var{s}, removing elements found in \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.symmetric_difference_update(\var{t})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {\var{s} \textasciicircum= \var{t}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-12-26 23:55:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {update set \var{s}, keeping only elements found in either \var{s} or \var{t}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          but not in both}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \hline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.add(\var{x})}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {add element \var{x} to set \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.remove(\var{x})}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-17 16:26:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {remove \var{x} from set \var{s}; raises \exception{KeyError}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									  if not present}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-11-24 02:57:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.discard(\var{x})}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {removes \var{x} from set \var{s} if present}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.pop()}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {remove and return an arbitrary element from \var{s}; raises
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									  \exception{KeyError} if empty}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{s}.clear()}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								         {remove all elements from set \var{s}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Note, the non-operator versions of the \method{update()},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{intersection_update()}, \method{difference_update()}, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{symmetric_difference_update()} methods will accept any iterable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								as an argument.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-07-01 23:18:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The design of the set types was based on lessons learned from the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\module{sets} module.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{seealso}     
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-10-03 14:25:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \seelink{comparison-to-builtin-set.html}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {Comparison to the built-in set types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {Differences between the \module{sets} module and the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           built-in set types.}					      
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-07-01 23:18:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{seealso}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								     
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-08-18 21:27:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Mapping Types --- \class{dict} \label{typesmapping}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-10-04 04:21:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{mapping}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{dictionary}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A \dfn{mapping} object maps  immutable values to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								arbitrary objects.  Mappings are mutable objects.  There is currently
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								only one standard mapping type, the \dfn{dictionary}.  A dictionary's keys are
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								almost arbitrary values.  Only values containing lists, dictionaries
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								or other mutable types (that are compared by value rather than by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								object identity) may not be used as keys.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Numeric types used for keys obey the normal rules for numeric
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-09-12 00:02:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								comparison: if two numbers compare equal (such as \code{1} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{1.0}) then they can be used interchangeably to index the same
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								dictionary entry.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Dictionaries are created by placing a comma-separated list of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{key}: \var{value}} pairs within braces, for example:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\{'jack': 4098, 'sjoerd': 4127\}} or
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\{4098: 'jack', 4127: 'sjoerd'\}}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The following operations are defined on mappings (where \var{a} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{b} are mappings, \var{k} is a key, and \var{v} and \var{x} are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								arbitrary objects):
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{mapping}{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexiii{operations on}{dictionary}{type}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\stindex{del}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{len}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\withsubitem{(dictionary method)}{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{clear()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{copy()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{has_key()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-09-12 00:02:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{fromkeys()}    
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{items()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{keys()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{update()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{values()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{get()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{setdefault()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{pop()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{popitem()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{iteritems()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-05-10 07:40:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{iterkeys()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \ttindex{itervalues()}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{tableiii}{c|l|c}{code}{Operation}{Result}{Notes}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{len(\var{a})}{the number of items in \var{a}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-25 22:38:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}[\var{k}]}{the item of \var{a} with key \var{k}}{(1), (10)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-07-31 16:34:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}[\var{k}] = \var{v}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {set \code{\var{a}[\var{k}]} to \var{v}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{del \var{a}[\var{k}]}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {remove \code{\var{a}[\var{k}]} from \var{a}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(1)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.clear()}{remove all items from \code{a}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.copy()}{a (shallow) copy of \code{a}}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-23 13:22:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.has_key(\var{k})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-08-08 11:07:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {\code{True} if \var{a} has a key \var{k}, else \code{False}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-23 13:22:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{k} \code{in} \var{a}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {Equivalent to \var{a}.has_key(\var{k})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-20 16:50:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{k} not in \var{a}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-23 13:22:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {Equivalent to \code{not} \var{a}.has_key(\var{k})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(2)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.items()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {a copy of \var{a}'s list of (\var{key}, \var{value}) pairs}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-12 03:31:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.keys()}{a copy of \var{a}'s list of keys}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-03-04 08:25:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.update(\optional{\var{b}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {updates (and overwrites) key/value pairs from \var{b}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(9)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-27 07:29:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.fromkeys(\var{seq}\optional{, \var{value}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {Creates a new dictionary with keys from \var{seq} and values set to \var{value}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(7)}			   
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-12 03:31:56 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.values()}{a copy of \var{a}'s list of values}{(3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.get(\var{k}\optional{, \var{x}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-21 05:56:06 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {\code{\var{a}[\var{k}]} if \code{\var{k} in \var{a}},
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           else \var{x}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-26 20:32:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(4)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-08 16:15:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.setdefault(\var{k}\optional{, \var{x}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-21 05:56:06 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {\code{\var{a}[\var{k}]} if \code{\var{k} in \var{a}},
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-08 16:15:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           else \var{x} (also setting it)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-26 20:32:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(5)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-06 23:54:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.pop(\var{k}\optional{, \var{x}})}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {\code{\var{a}[\var{k}]} if \code{\var{k} in \var{a}},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								           else \var{x} (and remove k)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(8)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-12-12 22:03:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.popitem()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {remove and return an arbitrary (\var{key}, \var{value}) pair}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-26 20:32:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(6)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.iteritems()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {return an iterator over (\var{key}, \var{value}) pairs}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-19 21:58:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(2), (3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.iterkeys()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {return an iterator over the mapping's keys}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-19 21:58:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(2), (3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \lineiii{\var{a}.itervalues()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {return an iterator over the mapping's values}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-19 21:58:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								          {(2), (3)}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{tableiii}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\noindent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Notes:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(1)] Raises a \exception{KeyError} exception if \var{k} is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								in the map.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-05-25 04:24:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(2)] \versionadded{2.2}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-11-25 05:16:19 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(3)] Keys and values are listed in an arbitrary order which is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								non-random, varies across Python implementations, and depends on the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								dictionary's history of insertions and deletions.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								If \method{items()}, \method{keys()}, \method{values()},
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-19 21:58:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{iteritems()}, \method{iterkeys()}, and \method{itervalues()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								are called with no intervening modifications to the dictionary, the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lists will directly correspond.  This allows the creation of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{(\var{value}, \var{key})} pairs using \function{zip()}:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{pairs = zip(\var{a}.values(), \var{a}.keys())}.  The same
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								relationship holds for the \method{iterkeys()} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{itervalues()} methods: \samp{pairs = zip(\var{a}.itervalues(),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{a}.iterkeys())} provides the same value for \code{pairs}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Another way to create the same list is \samp{pairs = [(v, k) for (k,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								v) in \var{a}.iteritems()]}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-26 20:32:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(4)] Never raises an exception if \var{k} is not in the map,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-04-03 20:13:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								instead it returns \var{x}.  \var{x} is optional; when \var{x} is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-06-10 22:37:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								provided and \var{k} is not in the map, \code{None} is returned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-08 16:15:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-26 20:32:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(5)] \function{setdefault()} is like \function{get()}, except
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-08 16:15:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that if \var{k} is missing, \var{x} is both returned and inserted into
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-07 16:41:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the dictionary as the value of \var{k}. \var{x} defaults to \var{None}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-12-12 22:03:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-06-26 20:32:59 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(6)] \function{popitem()} is useful to destructively iterate
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-05-27 10:43:55 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								over a dictionary, as often used in set algorithms.  If the dictionary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is empty, calling \function{popitem()} raises a \exception{KeyError}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-27 07:29:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(7)] \function{fromkeys()} is a class method that returns a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								new dictionary. \var{value} defaults to \code{None}.  \versionadded{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-06 23:54:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(8)] \function{pop()} raises a \exception{KeyError} when no default
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								value is given and the key is not found.  \versionadded{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-11-27 07:29:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-03-04 08:25:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(9)] \function{update()} accepts either another mapping object
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								or an iterable of key/value pairs (as a tuple or other iterable of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								length two).  If keyword arguments are specified, the mapping is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								then is updated with those key/value pairs:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\samp{d.update(red=1, blue=2)}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionchanged[Allowed the argument to be an iterable of key/value
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								                pairs and allowed keyword arguments]{2.4}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-02-25 22:38:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\item[(10)] If a subclass of dict defines a method \method{__missing__},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								if the key \var{k} is not present, the \var{a}[\var{k}] operation calls
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								that method with the key \var{k} as argument.  The \var{a}[\var{k}]
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operation then returns or raises whatever is returned or raised by the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{__missing__}(\var{k}) call if the key is not present.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								No other operations or methods invoke \method{__missing__}().
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								If \method{__missing__} is not defined, \exception{KeyError} is raised.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{__missing__} must be a method; it cannot be an instance variable.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								For an example, see \module{collections}.\class{defaultdict}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.5}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-03-09 05:53:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{description}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{File Objects
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								            \label{bltin-file-objects}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								File objects\obindex{file} are implemented using C's \code{stdio}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								package and can be created with the built-in constructor
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{file()}\bifuncindex{file} described in section
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 05:54:04 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\ref{built-in-funcs}, ``Built-in Functions.''\footnote{\function{file()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is new in Python 2.2.  The older built-in \function{open()} is an
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								alias for \function{file()}.}  File objects are also returned
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-06 20:30:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								by some other built-in functions and methods, such as
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{os.popen()} and \function{os.fdopen()} and the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-10-28 20:08:35 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{makefile()} method of socket objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\refstmodindex{os}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\refbimodindex{socket}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								When a file operation fails for an I/O-related reason, the exception
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-11-30 21:51:25 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\exception{IOError} is raised.  This includes situations where the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operation is not defined for some reason, like \method{seek()} on a tty
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								device or writing a file opened for reading.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Files have the following methods:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{close}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Close the file.  A closed file cannot be read or written any more.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Any operation which requires that the file be open will raise a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \exception{ValueError} after the file has been closed.  Calling
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \method{close()} more than once is allowed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-28 00:13:10 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  As of Python 2.5, you can avoid having to call this method explicitly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  if you use the \keyword{with} statement.  For example, the following
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  code will automatically close \code{f} when the \keyword{with} block
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  is exited:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								from __future__ import with_statement
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								with open("hello.txt") as f:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for line in f:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        print line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  In older versions of Python, you would have needed to do this to get
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the same effect:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								f = open("hello.txt")
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								try:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    for line in f:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        print line
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								finally:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    f.close()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \note{Not all ``file-like'' types in Python support use as a context
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  manager for the \keyword{with} statement.  If your code is intended to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  work with any file-like object, you can use the \function{closing()}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  function in the \module{contextlib} module instead of using the object
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  directly.  See section~\ref{context-closing} for details.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{flush}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Flush the internal buffer, like \code{stdio}'s
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \cfunction{fflush()}.  This may be a no-op on some file-like
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{fileno}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \index{file descriptor}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \index{descriptor, file}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Return the integer ``file descriptor'' that is used by the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  underlying implementation to request I/O operations from the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  operating system.  This can be useful for other, lower level
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-06 20:30:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  interfaces that use file descriptors, such as the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \refmodule{fcntl}\refbimodindex{fcntl} module or
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \function{os.read()} and friends.  \note{File-like objects
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-06 20:30:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  which do not have a real file descriptor should \emph{not} provide
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  this method!}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 17:01:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{isatty}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Return \code{True} if the file is connected to a tty(-like) device, else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \code{False}.  \note{If a file-like object is not associated
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  with a real file, this method should \emph{not} be implemented.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{next}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-09-12 00:02:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A file object is its own iterator, for example \code{iter(\var{f})} returns
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 17:01:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{f} (unless \var{f} is closed).  When a file is used as an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								iterator, typically in a \keyword{for} loop (for example,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{for line in f: print line}), the \method{next()} method is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								called repeatedly.  This method returns the next input line, or raises
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\exception{StopIteration} when \EOF{} is hit.  In order to make a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\keyword{for} loop the most efficient way of looping over the lines of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a file (a very common operation), the \method{next()} method uses a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								hidden read-ahead buffer.  As a consequence of using a read-ahead
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								buffer, combining \method{next()} with other file methods (like
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{readline()}) does not work right.  However, using
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{seek()} to reposition the file to an absolute position will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								flush the read-ahead buffer.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{read}{\optional{size}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Read at most \var{size} bytes from the file (less if the read hits
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-04-14 14:31:53 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \EOF{} before obtaining \var{size} bytes).  If the \var{size}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  argument is negative or omitted, read all data until \EOF{} is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  reached.  The bytes are returned as a string object.  An empty
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  string is returned when \EOF{} is encountered immediately.  (For
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  certain files, like ttys, it makes sense to continue reading after
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  an \EOF{} is hit.)  Note that this method may call the underlying
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  C function \cfunction{fread()} more than once in an effort to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-12-16 18:12:53 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  acquire as close to \var{size} bytes as possible. Also note that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  when in non-blocking mode, less data than what was requested may
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  be returned, even if no \var{size} parameter was given.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{readline}{\optional{size}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Read one entire line from the file.  A trailing newline character is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  kept in the string (but may be absent when a file ends with an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  incomplete line).\footnote{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									The advantage of leaving the newline on is that
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									returning an empty string is then an unambiguous \EOF{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									indication.  It is also possible (in cases where it might
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									matter, for example, if you
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									want to make an exact copy of a file while scanning its lines)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									to tell whether the last line of a file ended in a newline
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-12 03:36:23 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									or not (yes this happens!).
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  }  If the \var{size} argument is present and
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  non-negative, it is a maximum byte count (including the trailing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  newline) and an incomplete line may be returned.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-06-14 09:16:40 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  An empty string is returned \emph{only} when \EOF{} is encountered
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  immediately.  \note{Unlike \code{stdio}'s \cfunction{fgets()}, the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  returned string contains null characters (\code{'\e 0'}) if they
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  occurred in the input.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{readlines}{\optional{sizehint}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Read until \EOF{} using \method{readline()} and return a list containing
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the lines thus read.  If the optional \var{sizehint} argument is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-11-28 07:26:15 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  present, instead of reading up to \EOF, whole lines totalling
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  approximately \var{sizehint} bytes (possibly after rounding up to an
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  internal buffer size) are read.  Objects implementing a file-like
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  interface may choose to ignore \var{sizehint} if it cannot be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  implemented, or cannot be implemented efficiently.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-17 01:18:00 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{xreadlines}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-08-06 17:01:28 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  This method returns the same thing as \code{iter(f)}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-04-22 01:56:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \versionadded{2.1}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \deprecated{2.3}{Use \samp{for \var{line} in \var{file}} instead.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-17 01:18:00 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{seek}{offset\optional{, whence}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Set the file's current position, like \code{stdio}'s \cfunction{fseek()}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  The \var{whence} argument is optional and defaults to \code{0}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  (absolute file positioning); other values are \code{1} (seek
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  relative to the current position) and \code{2} (seek relative to the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-04 05:16:39 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  file's end).  There is no return value.  Note that if the file is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  opened for appending (mode \code{'a'} or \code{'a+'}), any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \method{seek()} operations will be undone at the next write.  If the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  file is only opened for writing in append mode (mode \code{'a'}),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  this method is essentially a no-op, but it remains useful for files
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-18 09:38:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  opened in append mode with reading enabled (mode \code{'a+'}).  If the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2005-12-15 21:34:29 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  file is opened in text mode (without \code{'b'}), only offsets returned
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-10-18 09:38:01 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  by \method{tell()} are legal.  Use of other offsets causes undefined
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  behavior.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Note that not all file objects are seekable.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{tell}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Return the file's current position, like \code{stdio}'s
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \cfunction{ftell()}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-01-20 09:14:36 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \note{On Windows, \method{tell()} can return illegal values (after an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \cfunction{fgets()}) when reading files with \UNIX{}-style line-endings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Use binary mode (\code{'rb'}) to circumvent this problem.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{truncate}{\optional{size}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Truncate the file's size.  If the optional \var{size} argument is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  present, the file is truncated to (at most) that size.  The size
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  defaults to the current position.  The current file position is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  not changed.  Note that if a specified size exceeds the file's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  current size, the result is platform-dependent:  possibilities
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-01-01 21:35:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  include that the file may remain unchanged, increase to the specified
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-03-12 03:04:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  size as if zero-filled, or increase to the specified size with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  undefined new content.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-09-08 18:52:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Availability:  Windows, many \UNIX{} variants.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{write}{str}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Write a string to the file.  There is no return value.  Due to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-09 22:47:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  buffering, the string may not actually show up in the file until
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the \method{flush()} or \method{close()} method is called.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-09-23 04:06:05 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[file]{writelines}{sequence}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Write a sequence of strings to the file.  The sequence can be any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  iterable object producing strings, typically a list of strings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  There is no return value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-01-09 22:47:46 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  (The name is intended to match \method{readlines()};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \method{writelines()} does not add line separators.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-09-22 04:34:48 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Files support the iterator protocol.  Each iteration returns the same
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								result as \code{\var{file}.readline()}, and iteration ends when the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{readline()} method returns an empty string.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								File objects also offer a number of other interesting attributes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								These are not required for file-like objects, but should be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implemented if they make sense for the particular object.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[file]{closed}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-09 18:15:00 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool indicating the current state of the file object.  This is a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								read-only attribute; the \method{close()} method changes the value.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								It may not be available on all file-like objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-05-10 07:10:12 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[file]{encoding}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The encoding that this file uses. When Unicode strings are written
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								to a file, they will be converted to byte strings using this encoding.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								In addition, when the file is connected to a terminal, the attribute
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								gives the encoding that the terminal is likely to use (that 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information might be incorrect if the user has misconfigured the 
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								terminal). The attribute is read-only and may not be present on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								all file-like objects. It may also be \code{None}, in which case
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the file uses the system default encoding for converting Unicode
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								strings.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.3}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[file]{mode}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The I/O mode for the file.  If the file was created using the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{open()} built-in function, this will be the value of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{mode} parameter.  This is a read-only attribute and may not be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								present on all file-like objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[file]{name}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								If the file object was created using \function{open()}, the name of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the file.  Otherwise, some string that indicates the source of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								file object, of the form \samp{<\mbox{\ldots}>}.  This is a read-only
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-19 15:18:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								attribute and may not be present on all file-like objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[file]{newlines}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 17:17:17 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								If Python was built with the \longprogramopt{with-universal-newlines}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								option to \program{configure} (the default) this read-only attribute
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								exists, and for files opened in
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-03-05 14:42:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								universal newline read mode it keeps track of the types of newlines
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								encountered while reading the file. The values it can take are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{'\e r'}, \code{'\e n'}, \code{'\e r\e n'}, \code{None} (unknown,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								no newlines read yet) or a tuple containing all the newline
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								types seen, to indicate that multiple
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								newline conventions were encountered. For files not opened in universal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								newline read mode the value of this attribute will be \code{None}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[file]{softspace}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Boolean that indicates whether a space character needs to be printed
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								before another value when using the \keyword{print} statement.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Classes that are trying to simulate a file object should also have a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								writable \member{softspace} attribute, which should be initialized to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-09 03:30:34 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								zero.  This will be automatic for most classes implemented in Python
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(care may be needed for objects that override attribute access); types
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implemented in C will have to provide a writable
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\member{softspace} attribute.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\note{This attribute is not used to control the
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-09-20 04:48:20 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\keyword{print} statement, but to allow the implementation of
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-20 04:24:09 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\keyword{print} to keep track of its internal state.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Context Manager Types \label{typecontextmanager}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\versionadded{2.5}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{context manager}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{context management protocol}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{protocol!context management}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python's \keyword{with} statement supports the concept of a runtime
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-25 10:56:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								context defined by a context manager.  This is implemented using
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								two separate methods that allow user-defined classes to define
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								a runtime context that is entered before the statement body is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								executed and exited when the statement ends.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The \dfn{context management protocol} consists of a pair of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								methods that need to be provided for a context manager object to
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-24 04:17:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								define a runtime context:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[context manager]{__enter__}{}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Enter the runtime context and return either this object or another
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  object related to the runtime context. The value returned by this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  method is bound to the identifier in the \keyword{as} clause of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \keyword{with} statements using this context manager.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  An example of a context manager that returns itself is a file object.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  File objects return themselves from __enter__() to allow
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:17:49 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \function{open()} to be used as the context expression in a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \keyword{with} statement.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  An example of a context manager that returns a related
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  object is the one returned by \code{decimal.Context.get_manager()}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  These managers set the active decimal context to a copy of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  original decimal context and then return the copy. This allows
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  changes to be made to the current decimal context in the body of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the \keyword{with} statement without affecting code outside
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the \keyword{with} statement.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{methoddesc}[context manager]{__exit__}{exc_type, exc_val, exc_tb}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-24 04:17:02 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Exit the runtime context and return a Boolean flag indicating if any
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  expection that occurred should be suppressed. If an exception
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  occurred while executing the body of the \keyword{with} statement, the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  arguments contain the exception type, value and traceback information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Otherwise, all three arguments are \var{None}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  Returning a true value from this method will cause the \keyword{with}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  statement to suppress the exception and continue execution with the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  statement immediately following the \keyword{with} statement. Otherwise
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  the exception continues propagating after this method has finished
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  executing. Exceptions that occur during execution of this method will
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  replace any exception that occurred in the body of the \keyword{with}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  statement.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  The exception passed in should never be reraised explicitly - instead,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  this method should return a false value to indicate that the method
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  completed successfully and does not want to suppress the raised
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  exception. This allows context management code (such as
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \code{contextlib.nested}) to easily detect whether or not an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								  \method{__exit__()} method has actually failed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{methoddesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python defines several context managers to support easy thread
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								synchronisation, prompt closure of files or other objects, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								simpler manipulation of the active decimal arithmetic
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								context. The specific types are not treated specially beyond
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								their implementation of the context management protocol.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-25 10:56:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python's generators and the \code{contextlib.contextfactory} decorator
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-05-03 13:02:47 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								provide a convenient way to implement these protocols.  If a generator
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								function is decorated with the \code{contextlib.contextfactory}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								decorator, it will return a context manager implementing the necessary
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\method{__enter__()} and \method{__exit__()} methods, rather than the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								iterator produced by an undecorated generator function.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-04-23 15:13:32 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Note that there is no specific slot for any of these methods in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								type structure for Python objects in the Python/C API. Extension
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								types wanting to define these methods must provide them as a normal
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Python accessible method. Compared to the overhead of setting up the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								runtime context, the overhead of a single class dictionary lookup
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is negligible.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Other Built-in Types \label{typesother}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The interpreter supports several other kinds of objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Most of these support only one or two operations.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Modules \label{typesmodules}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The only special operation on a module is attribute access:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{m}.\var{name}}, where \var{m} is a module and \var{name}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								accesses a name defined in \var{m}'s symbol table.  Module attributes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								can be assigned to.  (Note that the \keyword{import} statement is not,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								strictly speaking, an operation on a module object; \code{import
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{foo}} does not require a module object named \var{foo} to exist,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								rather it requires an (external) \emph{definition} for a module named
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{foo} somewhere.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A special member of every module is \member{__dict__}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This is the dictionary containing the module's symbol table.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Modifying this dictionary will actually change the module's symbol
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								table, but direct assignment to the \member{__dict__} attribute is not
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								possible (you can write \code{\var{m}.__dict__['a'] = 1}, which
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								defines \code{\var{m}.a} to be \code{1}, but you can't write
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{m}.__dict__ = \{\}}).  Modifying \member{__dict__} directly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								is not recommended.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Modules built into the interpreter are written like this:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{<module 'sys' (built-in)>}.  If loaded from a file, they are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								written as \code{<module 'os' from
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								'/usr/local/lib/python\shortversion/os.pyc'>}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Classes and Class Instances \label{typesobjects}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\nodename{Classes and Instances}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								See chapters 3 and 7 of the \citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Reference Manual} for these.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Functions \label{typesfunctions}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Function objects are created by function definitions.  The only
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operation on a function object is to call it:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{\var{func}(\var{argument-list})}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								There are really two flavors of function objects: built-in functions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								and user-defined functions.  Both support the same operation (to call
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								the function), but the implementation is different, hence the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								different object types.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-08-12 18:12:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								See the \citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual} for more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Methods \label{typesmethods}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{method}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Methods are functions that are called using the attribute notation.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								There are two flavors: built-in methods (such as \method{append()} on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								lists) and class instance methods.  Built-in methods are described
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								with the types that support them.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The implementation adds two special read-only attributes to class
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								instance methods: \code{\var{m}.im_self} is the object on which the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								method operates, and \code{\var{m}.im_func} is the function
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								implementing the method.  Calling \code{\var{m}(\var{arg-1},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{arg-2}, \textrm{\ldots}, \var{arg-n})} is completely equivalent to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								calling \code{\var{m}.im_func(\var{m}.im_self, \var{arg-1},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\var{arg-2}, \textrm{\ldots}, \var{arg-n})}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Class instance methods are either \emph{bound} or \emph{unbound},
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								referring to whether the method was accessed through an instance or a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class, respectively.  When a method is unbound, its \code{im_self}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								attribute will be \code{None} and if called, an explicit \code{self}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								object must be passed as the first argument.  In this case,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{self} must be an instance of the unbound method's class (or a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-17 16:26:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								subclass of that class), otherwise a \exception{TypeError} is raised.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Like function objects, methods objects support getting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								arbitrary attributes.  However, since method attributes are actually
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								stored on the underlying function object (\code{meth.im_func}),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								setting method attributes on either bound or unbound methods is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								disallowed.  Attempting to set a method attribute results in a
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2006-03-17 16:26:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\exception{TypeError} being raised.  In order to set a method attribute,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								you need to explicitly set it on the underlying function object:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								class C:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								    def method(self):
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								        pass
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								c = C()
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								c.method.im_func.whoami = 'my name is c'
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{verbatim}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								See the \citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual} for more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Code Objects \label{bltin-code-objects}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\obindex{code}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Code objects are used by the implementation to represent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								``pseudo-compiled'' executable Python code such as a function body.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								They differ from function objects because they don't contain a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								reference to their global execution environment.  Code objects are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								returned by the built-in \function{compile()} function and can be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								extracted from function objects through their \member{func_code}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								attribute.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{compile}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\withsubitem{(function object attribute)}{\ttindex{func_code}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A code object can be executed or evaluated by passing it (instead of a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								source string) to the \keyword{exec} statement or the built-in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\function{eval()} function.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\stindex{exec}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{eval}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								See the \citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual} for more
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Type Objects \label{bltin-type-objects}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Type objects represent the various object types.  An object's type is
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								accessed by the built-in function \function{type()}.  There are no special
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2003-12-30 22:21:18 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								operations on types.  The standard module \refmodule{types} defines names
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								for all standard built-in types.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\bifuncindex{type}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\refstmodindex{types}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Types are written like this: \code{<type 'int'>}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{The Null Object \label{bltin-null-object}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This object is returned by functions that don't explicitly return a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								value.  It supports no special operations.  There is exactly one null
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								object, named \code{None} (a built-in name).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								It is written as \code{None}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{The Ellipsis Object \label{bltin-ellipsis-object}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								This object is used by extended slice notation (see the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual}).  It supports no
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								special operations.  There is exactly one ellipsis object, named
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\constant{Ellipsis} (a built-in name).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								It is written as \code{Ellipsis}.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2002-04-03 22:41:51 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Boolean Values}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Boolean values are the two constant objects \code{False} and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\code{True}.  They are used to represent truth values (although other
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								values can also be considered false or true).  In numeric contexts
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								(for example when used as the argument to an arithmetic operator),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								they behave like the integers 0 and 1, respectively.  The built-in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								function \function{bool()} can be used to cast any value to a Boolean,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								if the value can be interpreted as a truth value (see section Truth
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								Value Testing above).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								They are written as \code{False} and \code{True}, respectively.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{False}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\index{True}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\indexii{Boolean}{values}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-10-30 06:23:14 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-02-12 22:05:33 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsubsection{Internal Objects \label{typesinternal}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1999-11-10 16:21:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								See the \citetitle[../ref/ref.html]{Python Reference Manual} for this
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-08-18 03:12:38 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								information.  It describes stack frame objects, traceback objects, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								slice objects.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-09-10 18:25:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\subsection{Special Attributes \label{specialattrs}}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The implementation adds a few special read-only attributes to several
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-05-12 02:48:29 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								object types, where they are relevant.  Some of these are not reported
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								by the \function{dir()} built-in function.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[object]{__dict__}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								A dictionary or other mapping object used to store an
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-09-10 18:25:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								object's (writable) attributes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[object]{__methods__}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-03 17:32:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\deprecated{2.2}{Use the built-in function \function{dir()} to get a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								list of an object's attributes.  This attribute is no longer available.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[object]{__members__}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-12-03 17:32:27 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\deprecated{2.2}{Use the built-in function \function{dir()} to get a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								list of an object's attributes.  This attribute is no longer available.}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[instance]{__class__}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-09-10 18:25:58 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The class to which a class instance belongs.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											1998-07-24 13:56:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[class]{__bases__}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2001-07-06 20:30:11 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The tuple of base classes of a class object.  If there are no base
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								classes, this will be an empty tuple.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2000-11-06 20:17:37 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2004-05-12 02:48:29 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\begin{memberdesc}[class]{__name__}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								The name of the class or type.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								\end{memberdesc}
							 |